blob: 7acc22abcc22d4099425f9318819989ab3701e13 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Ted Kremenek0c8cd1a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +000033#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000034#include "CXXABI.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +000035#include <map>
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000036
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000037using namespace clang;
38
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000043unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000045unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000047unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000049unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
51
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000052enum FloatingRank {
53 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
54};
55
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000056void
57ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
58 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
59 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
60 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000061 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000062
63 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
64 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
65 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
66 PEnd = Params->end();
67 P != PEnd; ++P) {
68 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
69 ID.AddInteger(0);
70 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
75 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000076 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000077 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000078 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
79 ID.AddBoolean(true);
80 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
81 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
82 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
83 } else
84 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000085 continue;
86 }
87
88 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
89 ID.AddInteger(2);
90 Profile(ID, TTP);
91 }
92}
93
94TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
95ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +000096 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000097 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
98 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
99 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
100 void *InsertPos = 0;
101 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
102 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
103 if (Canonical)
104 return Canonical->getParam();
105
106 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
107 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000108 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000109 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
110 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
111 PEnd = Params->end();
112 P != PEnd; ++P) {
113 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
114 CanonParams.push_back(
115 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnara344577e2011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000116 SourceLocation(),
117 SourceLocation(),
118 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000119 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
120 TTP->isParameterPack()));
121 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000122 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
123 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
124 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
125 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
126 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000127 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
128 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000129 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
130 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
131 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
132 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
133 }
134
135 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000136 SourceLocation(),
137 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000138 NTTP->getDepth(),
139 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
140 T,
141 TInfo,
142 ExpandedTypes.data(),
143 ExpandedTypes.size(),
144 ExpandedTInfos.data());
145 } else {
146 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000147 SourceLocation(),
148 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000149 NTTP->getDepth(),
150 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
151 T,
152 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
153 TInfo);
154 }
155 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
156
157 } else
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000158 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
159 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
160 }
161
162 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
163 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
164 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000165 TTP->getPosition(),
166 TTP->isParameterPack(),
167 0,
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000168 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
169 SourceLocation(),
170 CanonParams.data(),
171 CanonParams.size(),
172 SourceLocation()));
173
174 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
175 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
176 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
177 (void)Canonical;
178
179 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
180 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
181 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
182 return CanonTTP;
183}
184
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000185CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000186 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
187
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000188 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000189 case CXXABI_ARM:
190 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
191 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000192 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000193 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
194 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
195 }
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000196 return 0;
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000197}
198
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000199static const LangAS::Map &getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
200 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
201 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
202 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
203 // language-specific address space.
204 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
205 1, // opencl_global
206 2, // opencl_local
207 3 // opencl_constant
208 };
209 return FakeAddrSpaceMap;
210 } else {
211 return T.getAddressSpaceMap();
212 }
213}
214
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000215ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000216 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000217 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000218 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000219 unsigned size_reserve) :
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +0000220 FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000221 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
222 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +0000223 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
Douglas Gregor772eeae2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000224 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
225 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Douglas Gregor7a27ea52011-08-12 06:17:30 +0000226 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0),
Douglas Gregor79d67262011-08-12 05:59:41 +0000227 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregor0815b572011-08-09 17:23:49 +0000228 FILEDecl(0),
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000229 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0),
230 BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000231 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000232 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)),
233 AddrSpaceMap(getAddressSpaceMap(t, LOpts)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000234 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000235 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
236 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9a44b5f2010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000237 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000238 LastSDM(0, 0),
John McCall8178df32011-02-22 22:38:33 +0000239 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000240 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000241 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000242 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000243}
244
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000245ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000246 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
247 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
248 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000249
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000250 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
251 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
252 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000253
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000254 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
255 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
256 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
257 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
258 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000259
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000260 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000261 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
262 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
263 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
264 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
265 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
266 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
267 R->Destroy(*this);
268
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000269 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
270 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
271 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
272 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
273 R->Destroy(*this);
274 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000275
276 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
277 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
278 A != AEnd; ++A)
279 A->second->~AttrVec();
280}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000281
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000282void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
283 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
284}
285
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000287ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
288 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
289}
290
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000291void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000292 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
293 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000294
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000295 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000297#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
298#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
299 0 // Extra
300 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000302 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
303 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000304 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000305 }
306
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000307 unsigned Idx = 0;
308 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
309#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
310 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000311 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
312 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000313 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
314 ++Idx;
315#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
316#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000317
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000318 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
319
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000320 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000321 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
322 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
323 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
324 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
325 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
326 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000327 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000328 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
329 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
330 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
331 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
332 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
333 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000334 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000335 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
336 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
337 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
338 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
339 << NumImplicitDestructors
340 << " implicit destructors created\n";
341
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000342 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000343 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000344 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
345 }
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000346
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000347 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000348}
349
Douglas Gregor772eeae2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000350TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
351 if (!Int128Decl) {
352 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
353 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
354 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
355 SourceLocation(),
356 SourceLocation(),
357 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
358 TInfo);
359 }
360
361 return Int128Decl;
362}
363
364TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
365 if (!UInt128Decl) {
366 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
367 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
368 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
369 SourceLocation(),
370 SourceLocation(),
371 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
372 TInfo);
373 }
374
375 return UInt128Decl;
376}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000377
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000378void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000379 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000380 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000381 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000382}
383
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000384void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
385 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000386
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000387 // C99 6.2.5p19.
388 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000390 // C99 6.2.5p2.
391 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
392 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000393 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000394 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
395 else
396 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
397 // C99 6.2.5p4.
398 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
399 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
400 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
401 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
402 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000404 // C99 6.2.5p6.
405 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
406 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
407 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
408 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
409 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000411 // C99 6.2.5p10.
412 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
413 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
414 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000415
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000416 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
417 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
418 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
419
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000420 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedmand3d77cd2011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000421 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000422 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
423 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
424 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
425 } else // C99
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000426 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000427
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000428 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
429 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
430 else // C99
431 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
432
433 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
434 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
435 else // C99
436 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
437
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000438 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
439 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
440 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
441 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
442 // expressions.
443 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000444
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000445 // Placeholder type for functions.
446 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
447
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000448 // Placeholder type for bound members.
449 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
450
John McCall1de4d4e2011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000451 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
452 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
453
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000454 // C99 6.2.5p11.
455 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
456 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
457 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000458
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000459 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000461 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000462 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
463 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000464 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000465
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000466 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000468 // void * type
469 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000470
471 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
472 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000473}
474
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000475Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
476 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
477}
478
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000479AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
480 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
481 if (!Result) {
482 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
483 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
484 }
485
486 return *Result;
487}
488
489/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
490void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
491 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
492 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
493 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
494 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
495 }
496}
497
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000498MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000499ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000500 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000501 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000502 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
503 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
504 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000505
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000506 return Pos->second;
507}
508
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000509void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000510ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000511 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
512 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000513 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
514 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
515 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
516 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000517 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000518 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000519}
520
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000521NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000522ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000523 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000524 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
525 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000526 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000527
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000528 return Pos->second;
529}
530
531void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000532ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
533 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
534 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
535 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
536 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
537 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
538 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
539}
540
541UsingShadowDecl *
542ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
543 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
544 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
545 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
546 return 0;
547
548 return Pos->second;
549}
550
551void
552ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
553 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
554 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
555 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000556}
557
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000558FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
559 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
560 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
561 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
562 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000564 return Pos->second;
565}
566
567void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
568 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
569 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
570 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
571 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
572 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000573
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000574 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
575}
576
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000577bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
578 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
579 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Chad Rosier682b7f82011-08-04 21:50:29 +0000580 FD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000581}
582
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000583bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
584 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
585 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Chad Rosier682b7f82011-08-04 21:50:29 +0000586 FD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0 &&
587 LastFD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() != 0);
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000588}
589
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000590bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
591 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
592 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Chad Rosier682b7f82011-08-04 21:50:29 +0000593 FD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() &&
594 LastFD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000595}
596
Chad Rosierdd7fddb2011-08-04 23:34:15 +0000597bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000598 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
599 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Chad Rosier682b7f82011-08-04 21:50:29 +0000600 LastFD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000601}
602
Chad Rosierdd7fddb2011-08-04 23:34:15 +0000603bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000604 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
605 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Chad Rosier682b7f82011-08-04 21:50:29 +0000606 FD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000607}
608
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000609ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
610ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
611 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
612 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
613 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
614 return 0;
615
616 return Pos->second.begin();
617}
618
619ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
620ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
621 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
622 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
623 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
624 return 0;
625
626 return Pos->second.end();
627}
628
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000629unsigned
630ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
631 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
632 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
633 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
634 return 0;
635
636 return Pos->second.size();
637}
638
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000639void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
640 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
641 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
642}
643
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000644//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
645// Type Sizing and Analysis
646//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000647
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000648/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
649/// scalar floating point type.
650const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000651 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000652 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
653 switch (BT->getKind()) {
654 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
655 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
656 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
657 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
658 }
659}
660
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000661/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000662/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
663/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000664/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
665/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000666CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000667 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
668
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000669 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
670 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
671 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000672
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000673 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
674 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
675 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
676 //
677 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
678 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
679 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
680 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
681 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
682 } else {
683 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
684 }
685 }
Fariborz Jahanian78a7d7d2011-05-05 21:19:14 +0000686 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
687 UseAlignAttrOnly =
688 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
689 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000690
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000691 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
692 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000693 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000694 // do nothing
695
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000696 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000697 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000698 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000699 if (RefAsPointee)
700 T = RT->getPointeeType();
701 else
702 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
703 }
704 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000705 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
706 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000707 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000708 const ArrayType *arrayType;
709 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
710 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
711 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
712 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
713 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
714 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000715
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000716 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
717 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
718 }
Chad Rosier9f1210c2011-07-26 07:03:04 +0000719 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000720 }
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000721
722 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
723 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
724 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
725 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
726 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
727 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
728 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
729 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
730
731 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000732 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000733
734 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
735 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
736 if (offset > 0) {
737 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
738 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
739 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
740 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
741 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
742 }
743
744 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000745 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000746 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000747
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000748 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000749}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000750
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000751std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000752ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000753 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000754 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
755 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000756}
757
758std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000759ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000760 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
761}
762
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000763/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
764/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000765///
766/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
767/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
768/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000769std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000770ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000771 uint64_t Width=0;
772 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000773 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000774#define TYPE(Class, Base)
775#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000776#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000777#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
778#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCalld3d49bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +0000779 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000780 break;
781
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000782 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
783 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000784 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
785 Width = 0;
786 Align = 32;
787 break;
788
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000789 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000790 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000791 Width = 0;
792 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
793 break;
794
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000795 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000796 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000797
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000798 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000799 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000800 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscd88b412011-04-26 21:05:39 +0000801 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000802 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000803 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000804 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000805 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000806 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
807 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
808 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000809 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000810 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
811 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000812 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000813 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
814 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
815 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000816 break;
817 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000818
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000819 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000820 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000821 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000822 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000823 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
824 Width = 0;
825 Align = 8;
826 break;
827
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000828 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000829 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
830 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000831 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000832 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
833 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
834 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000835 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000836 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
837 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000838 break;
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000839 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
840 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000841 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
842 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
843 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000844 case BuiltinType::Char16:
845 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
846 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
847 break;
848 case BuiltinType::Char32:
849 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
850 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
851 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000852 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000853 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000854 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
855 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000856 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000857 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000858 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000859 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
860 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000861 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000862 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000863 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000864 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
865 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000866 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000867 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000868 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000869 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
870 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000871 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000872 case BuiltinType::Int128:
873 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
874 Width = 128;
875 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
876 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000877 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000878 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
879 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000880 break;
881 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000882 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
883 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000884 break;
885 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000886 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
887 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000888 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000889 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
890 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
891 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000892 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000893 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
894 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
895 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
896 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
897 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
898 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000899 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000900 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000901 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000902 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000903 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000904 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000905 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000906 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
907 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000908 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
909 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
910 break;
911 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000912 case Type::LValueReference:
913 case Type::RValueReference: {
914 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
915 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000916 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
917 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000918 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
919 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
920 break;
921 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000922 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000923 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000924 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000925 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
926 break;
927 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000928 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000929 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000930 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000931 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000932 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000933 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
934 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000935 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000936 case Type::Complex: {
937 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
938 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000939 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000940 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000941 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000942 Align = EltInfo.second;
943 break;
944 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000945 case Type::ObjCObject:
946 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000947 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000948 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000949 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000950 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000951 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000952 break;
953 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000954 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000955 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000956 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
957
958 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor22ce41d2011-04-20 17:29:44 +0000959 Width = 8;
960 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000961 break;
962 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000963
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000964 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000965 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
966
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000967 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000968 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000969 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000970 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000971 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000972 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000973
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000974 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000975 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
976 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000977
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000978 case Type::Auto: {
979 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
980 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gaydc856af2011-02-22 20:00:16 +0000981 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000982 }
983
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000984 case Type::Paren:
985 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
986
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000987 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +0000988 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000989 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
990 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattnerc1de52d2011-02-19 22:55:41 +0000991 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
992 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
993 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
994 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
995 Align = AttrAlign;
996 else
997 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000998 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000999 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001000 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001001
1002 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1003 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1004 .getTypePtr());
1005
1006 case Type::TypeOf:
1007 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1008
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001009 case Type::Decltype:
1010 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1011 .getTypePtr());
1012
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001013 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1014 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1015
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001016 case Type::Elaborated:
1017 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001018
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001019 case Type::Attributed:
1020 return getTypeInfo(
1021 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1022
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001023 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001024 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001025 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001026 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1027 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1028 // aligned attribute on it.
1029 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1030 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1031 else
1032 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1033 }
1034
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001035 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001036
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001037 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001038 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001039}
1040
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001041/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1042CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1043 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1044}
1045
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001046/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1047int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1048 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1049}
1050
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001051/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1052/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001053CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001054 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001055}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001056CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001057 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001058}
1059
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001060/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001061/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001062CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001063 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001064}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001065CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001066 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001067}
1068
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001069/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1070/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1071/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1072/// a data type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001073unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001074 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001075
1076 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001077 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001078 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1079 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
1080 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
1081 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1082
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001083 return ABIAlign;
1084}
1085
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001086/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1087/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1088/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1089/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1090/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001091///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001092void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1093 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001094 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001095 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1096 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1097 if (!leafClass) {
1098 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1099 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001100 Ivars.push_back(*I);
1101 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001102 else {
1103 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001104 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001105 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1106 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1107 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001108}
1109
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001110/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1111/// those inherited by it.
1112void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001113 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001114 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001115 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1116 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1117 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1118 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001119 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001120 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001121 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001122 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1123 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001124 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1125 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001126 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001127
1128 // Categories of this Interface.
1129 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1130 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1131 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1132 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1133 while (SD) {
1134 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1135 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1136 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001137 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001138 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001139 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1140 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001141 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001142 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1143 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1144 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1145 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001146 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001147 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1148 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1149 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001150 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001151 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1152 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1153 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1154 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001155 }
1156}
1157
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001158unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001159 unsigned count = 0;
1160 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001161 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1162 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001163 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1164
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001165 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1166 // includes synthesized ivars.
1167 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001168 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1169
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001170 return count;
1171}
1172
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001173/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1174ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1175 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1176 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1177 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1178 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1179 return 0;
1180}
1181/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1182ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1183 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1184 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1185 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1186 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1187 return 0;
1188}
1189
1190/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1191void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1192 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1193 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1194 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1195}
1196/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1197void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1198 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1199 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1200 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1201}
1202
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001203/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1204/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001205Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001206 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1207 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1208 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001209 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001210 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001211 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1212}
1213
1214/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1215void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1216 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001217 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1218 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001219 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1220}
1221
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001222/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001223///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001224/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001225/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1226///
1227/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1228/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1229/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001230TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001231 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001232 if (!DataSize)
1233 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1234 else
1235 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001236 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001237
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001238 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1239 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1240 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1241 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001242}
1243
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001244TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001245 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001246 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregorc21c7e92011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001247 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001248 return DI;
1249}
1250
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001251const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001252ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001253 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1254}
1255
1256const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001257ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1258 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001259 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1260}
1261
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001262//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1263// Type creation/memoization methods
1264//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1265
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001266QualType
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001267ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1268 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1269 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001270
1271 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1272 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001273 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1274 void *insertPos = 0;
1275 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1276 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1277 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001278 }
1279
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001280 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1281 QualType canon;
1282 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1283 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1284 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1285 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1286
1287 // Re-find the insert position.
1288 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1289 }
1290
1291 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1292 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1293 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001294}
1295
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001296QualType
1297ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001298 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1299 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001300 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001301
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001302 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1303 // into one ExtQuals node.
1304 QualifierCollector Quals;
1305 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001306
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001307 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1308 // another one.
1309 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1310 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1311 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001312
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001313 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001314}
1315
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001316QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001317 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001318 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001319 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001320 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001321
John McCall7f040a92010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001322 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1323 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001324 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001325 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1326 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1327 }
1328 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001329
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001330 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1331 // into one ExtQuals node.
1332 QualifierCollector Quals;
1333 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001334
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001335 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1336 // another one.
1337 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1338 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1339 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001340
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001341 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001342}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001343
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001344const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1345 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1346 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1347 return T;
1348
1349 QualType Result;
1350 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1351 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1352 } else {
1353 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1354 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1355 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1356 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1357 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1358 }
1359
1360 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1361}
1362
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001363/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1364/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001365QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001366 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1367 // structure.
1368 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1369 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001370
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001371 void *InsertPos = 0;
1372 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1373 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001374
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1376 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1377 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001378 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001379 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001381 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1382 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001383 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001384 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001385 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001386 Types.push_back(New);
1387 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1388 return QualType(New, 0);
1389}
1390
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001391/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1392/// the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001393QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001394 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1395 // structure.
1396 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1397 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001398
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001399 void *InsertPos = 0;
1400 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1401 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001402
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1404 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1405 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001406 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001407 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001408
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001409 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1410 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001411 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001412 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001413 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001414 Types.push_back(New);
1415 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1416 return QualType(New, 0);
1417}
1418
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001419/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001420/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001421QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001422 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1423 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001424 // structure.
1425 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1426 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001427
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001428 void *InsertPos = 0;
1429 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1430 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1431 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432
1433 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001434 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1435 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001436 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001437 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001438
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001439 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1440 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1441 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001442 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001443 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001444 BlockPointerType *New
1445 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001446 Types.push_back(New);
1447 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1448 return QualType(New, 0);
1449}
1450
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001451/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1452/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001453QualType
1454ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor9625e442011-05-21 22:16:50 +00001455 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
1456 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
1457
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001458 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1459 // structure.
1460 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001461 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001462
1463 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001464 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1465 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001466 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001467
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001468 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1469
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001470 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1471 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1472 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001473 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1474 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1475 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001476
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001477 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001478 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1479 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001480 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001481 }
1482
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001483 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001484 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1485 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001486 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001487 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001488
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001489 return QualType(New, 0);
1490}
1491
1492/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1493/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001494QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001495 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1496 // structure.
1497 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001498 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001499
1500 void *InsertPos = 0;
1501 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1502 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1503 return QualType(RT, 0);
1504
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001505 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1506
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001507 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1508 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1509 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001510 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1511 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1512 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001513
1514 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1515 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1516 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001517 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001518 }
1519
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001520 RValueReferenceType *New
1521 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001522 Types.push_back(New);
1523 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001524 return QualType(New, 0);
1525}
1526
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001527/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1528/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001529QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001530 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1531 // structure.
1532 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1533 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1534
1535 void *InsertPos = 0;
1536 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1537 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1538 return QualType(PT, 0);
1539
1540 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1541 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1542 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001543 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001544 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1545
1546 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1547 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1548 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001549 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001550 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001551 MemberPointerType *New
1552 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001553 Types.push_back(New);
1554 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1555 return QualType(New, 0);
1556}
1557
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001558/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001559/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001560QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001561 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001562 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001563 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001564 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1565 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001566 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1567
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001568 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1569 // the target.
1570 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001571 ArySize =
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001572 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001573
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001574 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001575 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001577 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001579 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001580 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001581
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001582 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1583 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1584 QualType Canon;
1585 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1586 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1587 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001588 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001589 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1590
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001591 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001592 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001593 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001594 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001595 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001596
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001597 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001598 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001599 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001600 Types.push_back(New);
1601 return QualType(New, 0);
1602}
1603
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001604/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1605/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1606/// sizes replaced with [*].
1607QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1608 // Vastly most common case.
1609 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001610
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001611 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001612
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001613 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1614 const Type *ty = split.first;
1615 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1616#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1617#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1618#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1619#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1620 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1621
1622 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1623 case Type::Builtin:
1624 case Type::Complex:
1625 case Type::Vector:
1626 case Type::ExtVector:
1627 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1628 case Type::ObjCObject:
1629 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1630 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1631 case Type::Record:
1632 case Type::Enum:
1633 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1634 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1635 case Type::TypeOf:
1636 case Type::Decltype:
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001637 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001638 case Type::DependentName:
1639 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1640 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1641 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1642 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1643 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001644 case Type::Auto:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001645 case Type::PackExpansion:
1646 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1647
1648 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1649 // further decay.
1650 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1651 case Type::FunctionProto:
1652 case Type::BlockPointer:
1653 case Type::MemberPointer:
1654 return type;
1655
1656 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1657 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1658 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1659 // optimizations available here.
1660 case Type::Pointer:
1661 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1662 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1663 break;
1664
1665 case Type::LValueReference: {
1666 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1667 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1668 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1669 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1670 break;
1671 }
1672
1673 case Type::RValueReference: {
1674 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1675 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1676 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1677 break;
1678 }
1679
1680 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1681 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1682 result = getConstantArrayType(
1683 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1684 cat->getSize(),
1685 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1686 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1687 break;
1688 }
1689
1690 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1691 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1692 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1693 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1694 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1695 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1696 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1697 dat->getBracketsRange());
1698 break;
1699 }
1700
1701 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1702 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1703 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1704 result = getVariableArrayType(
1705 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1706 /*size*/ 0,
1707 ArrayType::Normal,
1708 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1709 SourceRange());
1710 break;
1711 }
1712
1713 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1714 case Type::VariableArray: {
1715 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1716 result = getVariableArrayType(
1717 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1718 /*size*/ 0,
1719 ArrayType::Star,
1720 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1721 vat->getBracketsRange());
1722 break;
1723 }
1724 }
1725
1726 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1727 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1728}
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001729
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001730/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1731/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001732QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1733 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001734 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001735 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001736 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001737 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1738 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001739 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001740
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001741 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1742 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1743 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1744 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001745 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001746 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001747 }
1748
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001749 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001750 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001751
1752 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1753 Types.push_back(New);
1754 return QualType(New, 0);
1755}
1756
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001757/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1758/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001759/// type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001760QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1761 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001762 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001763 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1764 SourceRange brackets) const {
1765 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1766 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001767 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1768
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001769 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1770 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1771 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1772 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1773 if (!numElements) {
1774 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1775 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1776 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1777 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1778 brackets);
1779 Types.push_back(newType);
1780 return QualType(newType, 0);
1781 }
1782
1783 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1784 // also build a canonical type.
1785
1786 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1787
1788 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001789 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001790 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1791 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1792 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001793
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001794 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1795 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1796 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001797
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001798 // If we don't have one, build one.
1799 if (!canonTy) {
1800 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1801 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1802 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1803 brackets);
1804 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1805 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001806 }
1807
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001808 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1809 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1810 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001811
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001812 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1813 // then just use that as our result.
1814 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1815 return canon;
1816
1817 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1818 // of the element type.
1819 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1820 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1821 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1822 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1823 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1824 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001825}
1826
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001827QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001828 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001829 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001830 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001831 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001832
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001833 void *insertPos = 0;
1834 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1835 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1836 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001837
1838 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001839 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1840 // qualifiers off the element type.
1841 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001842
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001843 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1844 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1845 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1846 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1847 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001848
1849 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001850 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1851 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1852 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001853 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001854
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001855 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1856 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001857
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001858 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1859 Types.push_back(newType);
1860 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001861}
1862
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001863/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1864/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001865QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001866 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001867 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001869 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1870 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001871 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001872
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001873 void *InsertPos = 0;
1874 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1875 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1876
1877 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1878 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1879 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001880 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001881 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001882
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001883 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1884 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001885 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001886 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001887 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001888 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001889 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1890 Types.push_back(New);
1891 return QualType(New, 0);
1892}
1893
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001894/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001895/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001896QualType
1897ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor4ac01402011-06-15 16:02:29 +00001898 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001899
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001900 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1901 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001902 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001903 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001904 void *InsertPos = 0;
1905 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1906 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1907
1908 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1909 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1910 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001911 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001912 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001913
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001914 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1915 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001916 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001917 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001918 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1919 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001920 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1921 Types.push_back(New);
1922 return QualType(New, 0);
1923}
1924
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001925QualType
1926ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
1927 Expr *SizeExpr,
1928 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001929 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001930 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001931 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001932
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001933 void *InsertPos = 0;
1934 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1935 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1936 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1937 if (Canon) {
1938 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1939 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001940 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1941 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1942 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001943 } else {
1944 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1945 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001946 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1947 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1948 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001949
1950 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1951 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1952 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1953 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001954 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1955 } else {
1956 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1957 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001958 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1959 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001960 }
1961 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001963 Types.push_back(New);
1964 return QualType(New, 0);
1965}
1966
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001967/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001968///
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001969QualType
1970ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1971 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001972 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
1973 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
1974 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001975 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1976 // structure.
1977 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001978 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001979
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001980 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001981 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001982 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001983 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001984
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001985 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001986 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001987 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001988 Canonical =
1989 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1990 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001992 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001993 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1994 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001995 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001996 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001997
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001998 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001999 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002000 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002001 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002002 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002003 return QualType(New, 0);
2004}
2005
2006/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2007/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002008QualType
2009ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
2010 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
2011 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002012 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2013 // structure.
2014 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002015 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002016
2017 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002019 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002020 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002021
2022 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002023 bool isCanonical= EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002024 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002025 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002026 isCanonical = false;
2027
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002028 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2029 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2030 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002031
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002032 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002033 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002034 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002035 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002036 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002037 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2038 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002039 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002040
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002041 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002042 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2043 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002044 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2045 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2046
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002047 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002048 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002049 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002050
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002051 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002052 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2053 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002054 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002055 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002056
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002057 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2058 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2059 // - parameter types
2060 // - exception types
2061 // - consumed-arguments flags
2062 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
2063 // expression.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002064 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002065 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
2066 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic)
2067 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
2068 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002069 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002070 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002071 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2072 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2073
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002074 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002075 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2076 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002077 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002078 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002079 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002080 return QualType(FTP, 0);
2081}
2082
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002083#ifndef NDEBUG
2084static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2085 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2086 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2087 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2088 return true;
2089 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2090 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2091 return true;
2092 return false;
2093}
2094#endif
2095
2096/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2097/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2098QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002099 QualType TST) const {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002100 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2101 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2102 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00002103 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002104 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2105 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2106 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2107 } else {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002108 Type *newType =
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002109 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002110 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2111 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002112 }
2113 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2114}
2115
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002116/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2117/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002118QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002119 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002120 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002121
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002122 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002123 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002124
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002125 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2126 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2127
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002128 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002129 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2130 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2131 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002132 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002133 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002134 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2135 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002136 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002137 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002138 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002139 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2140 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2141 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002142 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002143 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002144
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002145 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002146}
2147
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002148/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002149/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002150QualType
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002151ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2152 QualType Canonical) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002153 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002155 if (Canonical.isNull())
2156 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002157 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002158 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002159 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2160 Types.push_back(newType);
2161 return QualType(newType, 0);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002162}
2163
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002164QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002165 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2166
2167 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2168 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2169 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2170
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002171 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2172 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2173 Types.push_back(newType);
2174 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002175}
2176
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002177QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002178 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2179
2180 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2181 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2182 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2183
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002184 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2185 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2186 Types.push_back(newType);
2187 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002188}
2189
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002190QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2191 QualType modifiedType,
2192 QualType equivalentType) {
2193 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2194 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2195
2196 void *insertPos = 0;
2197 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2198 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2199
2200 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2201 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2202 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2203
2204 Types.push_back(type);
2205 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2206
2207 return QualType(type, 0);
2208}
2209
2210
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002211/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2212QualType
2213ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002214 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002215 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002216 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2217
2218 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2219 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2220 void *InsertPos = 0;
2221 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2222 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2223
2224 if (!SubstParm) {
2225 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2226 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2227 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2228 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2229 }
2230
2231 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2232}
2233
Douglas Gregorc3069d62011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002234/// \brief Retrieve a
2235QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2236 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2237 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2238#ifndef NDEBUG
2239 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2240 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2241 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2242 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2243 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2244 }
2245#endif
2246
2247 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2248 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2249 void *InsertPos = 0;
2250 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2251 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2252 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2253
2254 QualType Canon;
2255 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2256 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2257 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2258 ArgPack);
2259 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2260 }
2261
2262 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2263 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2264 ArgPack);
2265 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2266 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2267 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2268}
2269
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002270/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002271/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002272/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002273QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002274 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002275 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002276 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002277 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002278 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002280 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2281
2282 if (TypeParm)
2283 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002284
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002285 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002286 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002287 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002288
2289 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2290 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2291 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2292 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002293 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002294 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2295 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002296
2297 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2298 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2299
2300 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2301}
2302
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002303TypeSourceInfo *
2304ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2305 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2306 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002307 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002308 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2309 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002310 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002311
2312 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2313 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2314 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2315 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2316 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2317 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2318 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2319 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2320 return DI;
2321}
2322
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002323QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002324ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002325 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002326 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002327 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2328 "No dependent template names here!");
2329
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002330 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2331
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002332 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002333 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2334 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2335 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2336
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002337 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002338 Underlying);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002339}
2340
2341QualType
2342ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002343 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2344 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002345 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002346 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2347 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002348 // Look through qualified template names.
2349 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2350 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002351
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002352 bool isTypeAlias =
2353 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
2354 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
2355
2356 QualType CanonType;
2357 if (!Underlying.isNull())
2358 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
2359 else {
2360 assert(!isTypeAlias &&
2361 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2362 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
2363 NumArgs);
2364 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002365
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002366 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2367 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2368 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002369 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2370 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
2371 (isTypeAlias ? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002372 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002373 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002374 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002375 Args, NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002376 CanonType,
2377 isTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002378
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002379 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002380 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002381}
2382
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002384ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2385 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002386 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002387 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2388 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002389 assert((!Template.getAsTemplateDecl() ||
2390 !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) &&
2391 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2392
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002393 // Look through qualified template names.
2394 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2395 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002396
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002397 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2398 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002399 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002400 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2401 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2402 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2403
2404 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2405 // exists.
2406 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2407 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2408 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2409
2410 void *InsertPos = 0;
2411 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2412 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2413
2414 if (!Spec) {
2415 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2416 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2417 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2418 TypeAlignment);
2419 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2420 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002421 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002422 Types.push_back(Spec);
2423 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2424 }
2425
2426 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2427 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2428 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2429}
2430
2431QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002432ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2433 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002434 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002435 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002436 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002437
2438 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002439 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002440 if (T)
2441 return QualType(T, 0);
2442
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002443 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2444 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2445 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002446 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2447 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002448 (void)CheckT;
2449 }
2450
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002451 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002452 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002453 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002454 return QualType(T, 0);
2455}
2456
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002457QualType
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002458ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002459 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2460 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2461
2462 void *InsertPos = 0;
2463 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2464 if (T)
2465 return QualType(T, 0);
2466
2467 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2468 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2469 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2470 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2471 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2472 (void)CheckT;
2473 }
2474
2475 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2476 Types.push_back(T);
2477 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2478 return QualType(T, 0);
2479}
2480
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002481QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2482 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2483 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002484 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002485 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2486
2487 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2488 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002489 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2490 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2491 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2492
2493 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2494 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002495 }
2496
2497 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002498 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002499
2500 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002501 DependentNameType *T
2502 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002503 if (T)
2504 return QualType(T, 0);
2505
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002506 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002507 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002508 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002510}
2511
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002512QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002513ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2514 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002515 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002516 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002517 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002518 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002519 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002520 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2521 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2522 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2523 ArgCopy.size(),
2524 ArgCopy.data());
2525}
2526
2527QualType
2528ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2529 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2530 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2531 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2532 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002533 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002534 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2535 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002536
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002537 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002538 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2539 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002540
2541 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002542 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2543 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002544 if (T)
2545 return QualType(T, 0);
2546
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002547 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002548
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002549 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2550 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2551
2552 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002553 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002554 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2555 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2556 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2557 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002558 }
2559
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002560 QualType Canon;
2561 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2562 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2563 Name, NumArgs,
2564 CanonArgs.data());
2565
2566 // Find the insert position again.
2567 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2568 }
2569
2570 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2571 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2572 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002573 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002574 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002575 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002576 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002577 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002578}
2579
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002580QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2581 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002582 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002583 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002584
2585 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2586 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2587 void *InsertPos = 0;
2588 PackExpansionType *T
2589 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2590 if (T)
2591 return QualType(T, 0);
2592
2593 QualType Canon;
2594 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002595 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002596
2597 // Find the insert position again.
2598 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2599 }
2600
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002601 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002602 Types.push_back(T);
2603 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2604 return QualType(T, 0);
2605}
2606
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002607/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2608/// alphabetically.
2609static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2610 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002611 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002612}
2613
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002614static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002615 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2616 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2617
2618 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2619 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2620 return false;
2621 return true;
2622}
2623
2624static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002625 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2626 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002627
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002628 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2629 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2630
2631 // Remove duplicates.
2632 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2633 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2634}
2635
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002636QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2637 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002638 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002639 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2640 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2641 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2642 return BaseType;
2643
2644 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002645 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002646 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002647 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002648 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2649 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002650
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002651 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2652 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002653 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002654 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2655 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2656 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002657 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002658 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002659 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2660
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002661 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002662 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2663 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002664 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002665 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2666 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002667 }
2668
2669 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002670 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2671 }
2672
2673 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2674 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2675 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2676 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2677 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2678
2679 Types.push_back(T);
2680 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2681 return QualType(T, 0);
2682}
2683
2684/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2685/// the given object type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002686QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002687 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2688 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2689
2690 void *InsertPos = 0;
2691 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2692 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2693 return QualType(QT, 0);
2694
2695 // Find the canonical object type.
2696 QualType Canonical;
2697 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2698 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2699
2700 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002701 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2702 }
2703
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002704 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002705 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2706 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2707 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002709 Types.push_back(QType);
2710 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002711 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002712}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002713
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002714/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2715/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002716QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const {
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002717 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2718 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002719
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002720 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2721 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2722 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2723 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2724 Types.push_back(T);
2725 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002726}
2727
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002728/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2729/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002730/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002732/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002733QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002734 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002735 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2736 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2737 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002738
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002739 void *InsertPos = 0;
2740 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2741 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2742 if (Canon) {
2743 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2744 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002745 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002746 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2747 }
2748 else {
2749 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002750 Canon
2751 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002752 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2753 toe = Canon;
2754 }
2755 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002756 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002757 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002758 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002759 Types.push_back(toe);
2760 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002761}
2762
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002763/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2764/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2765/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002766/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002767/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002768QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002769 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002770 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002771 Types.push_back(tot);
2772 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002773}
2774
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002775/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2776/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002777static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002778 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2779 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002780
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002781 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2782 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2783 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2784 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2785 return VD->getType();
2786 }
2787 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2788 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2789 return FD->getType();
2790 }
2791 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2792 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2793 // return type of that function.
2794 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2795 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002796
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002797 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002798
2799 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002800 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002801 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002802 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002804 return T;
2805}
2806
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002807/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2808/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2809/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002810/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002811/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002812QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002813 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor561f8122011-07-01 01:22:09 +00002814
2815 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
2816 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
2817 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
2818 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
2819 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002820 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2821 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002822
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002823 void *InsertPos = 0;
2824 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2825 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2826 if (Canon) {
2827 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2828 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002829 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002830 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2831 }
2832 else {
2833 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002834 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002835 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2836 dt = Canon;
2837 }
2838 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002839 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002840 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002841 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002842 Types.push_back(dt);
2843 return QualType(dt, 0);
2844}
2845
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002846/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
2847/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
2848QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
2849 QualType UnderlyingType,
2850 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
2851 const {
2852 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor69d97752011-05-25 17:51:54 +00002853 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
2854 Kind,
2855 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
2856 QualType() : UnderlyingType);
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002857 Types.push_back(Ty);
2858 return QualType(Ty, 0);
2859}
2860
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002861/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002862QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002863 void *InsertPos = 0;
2864 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2865 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2866 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2867 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2868 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2869 return QualType(AT, 0);
2870 }
2871
2872 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2873 Types.push_back(AT);
2874 if (InsertPos)
2875 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2876 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002877}
2878
Richard Smithad762fc2011-04-14 22:09:26 +00002879/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
2880QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
2881 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
2882 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
2883 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
2884 return AutoDeductTy;
2885}
2886
2887/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
2888QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
2889 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
2890 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
2891 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
2892 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
2893}
2894
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002895/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2896/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002897QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002898 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002899 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2900 // away const? mutable?
2901 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002902}
2903
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002904/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2905/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2906/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002907CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002908 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002909}
2910
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002911/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2912/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2913QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2914 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2915 return WCharTy;
2916}
2917
2918/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2919/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2920QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2921 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2922 return UnsignedIntTy;
2923}
2924
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002925/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2926/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2927QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002928 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002929}
2930
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002931//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2932// Type Operators
2933//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2934
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002935CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002936 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2937 // qualifiers.
2938 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002939 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002940 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002941 QualType Result;
2942 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2943 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2944 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2945 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2946 } else {
2947 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2948 }
2949
2950 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2951}
2952
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002953QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
2954 Qualifiers &quals) {
2955 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
2956
2957 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
2958 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
2959 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
2960 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
2961 const ArrayType *AT =
2962 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
2963
2964 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002965 if (!AT) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002966 quals = splitType.second;
2967 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002968 }
2969
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002970 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
2971 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
2972 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
2973
2974 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
2975 // can just use the results in splitType.
2976 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
2977 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
2978 quals = splitType.second;
2979 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
2980 }
2981
2982 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
2983 // build the type back up.
2984 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002985
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002986 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002987 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002988 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2989 }
2990
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002991 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002992 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002993 }
2994
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002995 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002996 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002997 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002998 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2999 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3000 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3001 }
3002
3003 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003004 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003005 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3006 SourceRange());
3007}
3008
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003009/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3010/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3011/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3012/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3013/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3014/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3015/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3016/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3017bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3018 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3019 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3020 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3021 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3022 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3023 return true;
3024 }
3025
3026 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3027 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3028 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3029 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3030 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3031 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3032 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3033 return true;
3034 }
3035
3036 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
3037 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3038 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3039 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3040 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3041 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3042 return true;
3043 }
3044 }
3045
3046 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3047
3048 return false;
3049}
3050
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003051DeclarationNameInfo
3052ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3053 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003054 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3055 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3056 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003057 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003058 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3059 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003060
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003061 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3062 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3063 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3064 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3065 }
3066
3067 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3068 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003069 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003070 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003071 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3072 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003073 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003074 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3075 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3076 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3077 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3078 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3079 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003080 }
3081 }
3082
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003083 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3084 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3085 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3086 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3087 NameLoc);
3088 }
3089
3090 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3091 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3092 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3093 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3094 NameLoc);
3095 }
3096 }
3097
3098 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003099}
3100
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003101TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003102 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3103 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3104 case TemplateName::Template: {
3105 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003106 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003107 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003108 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3109
3110 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003111 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003112 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003113
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003114 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3115 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003116
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003117 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3118 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3119 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3120 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3121 }
3122
3123 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3124 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3125 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3126 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3127 }
3128
3129 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3130 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3131 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3132 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3133 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3134 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3135 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3136 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3137 }
3138 }
3139
3140 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003141}
3142
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003143bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3144 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3145 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3146 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3147}
3148
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003149TemplateArgument
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003150ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003151 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3152 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3153 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003154
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003155 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003156 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003157
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003158 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003159 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003160
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003161 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3162 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003163
3164 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3165 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3166 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregor2be29f42011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003167 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003168
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003169 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003170 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003171 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003172
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003173 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003174 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003175
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003176 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor87dd6972010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003177 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3178 return Arg;
3179
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003180 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3181 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003182 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003183 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003184 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3185 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3186 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003187
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003188 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003189 }
3190 }
3191
3192 // Silence GCC warning
3193 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
3194 return TemplateArgument();
3195}
3196
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003197NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003198ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003199 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003200 return 0;
3201
3202 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3203 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3204 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003205 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003206 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3207 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3208
3209 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3210 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3211 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor14aba762011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003212 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3213 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3214
3215 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3216 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3217 // this namespace and no prefix.
3218 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3219 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3220 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003221
3222 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3223 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3224 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003225
3226 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3227 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3228 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3229 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3230 // types, e.g.,
3231 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3232 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3233 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3234 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3235 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3236 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3237 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3238 }
3239
Douglas Gregor643f8432010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003240 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003241 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3242 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3243 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3244 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003245
3246 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3247 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3248 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3249 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003250 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3251 }
3252
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003253 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3254 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003255 }
3256
3257 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3258 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3259 return NNS;
3260 }
3261
3262 // Required to silence a GCC warning
3263 return 0;
3264}
3265
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003266
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003267const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003268 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003269 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003270 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3271 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3272 return AT;
3273 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003274
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003275 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003276 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003277 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003278
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003279 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003280 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3281 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003282
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003283 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3284 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003285 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003286
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003287 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3288 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003289
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003290 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003291 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3292 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003293 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003294
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003295 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3296 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003297 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003298
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003299 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3300 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3301 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003302 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003303 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3304 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3305 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003306 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003307
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003308 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003309 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3310 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003311 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003312 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003313 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003314 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003315 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003316
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003317 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003318 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003319 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003320 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003321 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003322 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003323}
3324
Douglas Gregor79e6bd32011-07-12 04:42:08 +00003325QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) {
3326 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
3327 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
3328 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
3329 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
3330 // the array type derivation.
3331 if (T->isArrayType())
3332 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
3333
3334 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
3335 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
3336 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
3337 // in 6.3.2.1.
3338 if (T->isFunctionType())
3339 return getPointerType(T);
3340
3341 return T;
3342}
3343
3344QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) {
3345 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
3346 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
3347 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
3348}
3349
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003350/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3351/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3352/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3353/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3354///
3355/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003356QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003357 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3358 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3359 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3360 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3361 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3362 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003363
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003364 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003365
3366 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003367 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003368}
3369
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003370QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3371 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003372}
3373
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003374QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3375 Qualifiers qs;
3376 while (true) {
3377 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3378 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3379 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003380
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003381 type = array->getElementType();
3382 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3383 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003384
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003385 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003386}
3387
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003388/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003389uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003390ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3391 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3392 do {
3393 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3394 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3395 } while (CA);
3396 return ElementCount;
3397}
3398
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003399/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3400/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003401static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003402 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003403 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003404
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003405 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3406 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003407 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003408 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3409 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3410 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
3411 }
3412}
3413
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003414/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3415/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003416/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3417/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003418QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3419 QualType Domain) const {
3420 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3421 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3422 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003423 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003424 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3425 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3426 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3427 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003428 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003429
3430 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3431 switch (EltRank) {
3432 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
3433 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3434 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3435 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003436 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003437}
3438
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003439/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3440/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3441/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003442/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003443int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003444 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3445 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003446
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003447 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003448 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003449 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003450 return 1;
3451 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003452}
3453
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003454/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3455/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3456/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003457unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003458 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003459 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003460 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003461
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003462 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) ||
3463 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U))
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00003464 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
3465
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003466 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
3467 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3468
3469 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3470 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3471
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003472 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003473 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3474 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003475 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003476 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3477 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3478 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3479 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003480 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003481 case BuiltinType::Short:
3482 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003483 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003484 case BuiltinType::Int:
3485 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003486 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003487 case BuiltinType::Long:
3488 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003489 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003490 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3491 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003492 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003493 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3494 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3495 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003496 }
3497}
3498
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003499/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3500/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3501///
3502/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3503/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003504QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003505 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3506 return QualType();
3507
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003508 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3509 if (!Field)
3510 return QualType();
3511
3512 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3513
3514 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3515 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3516 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3517 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3518 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3519 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3520 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3521 return IntTy;
3522
3523 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3524 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3525
3526 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3527 // like the base type.
3528 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3529 // is ridiculous.
3530 return QualType();
3531}
3532
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003533/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3534/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3535/// integer type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003536QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003537 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3538 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003539 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3540 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003541 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3542 return IntTy;
3543 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3544 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3545 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3546 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3547}
3548
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003549/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
3550/// type and returns its ownership.
3551Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
3552 while (!T.isNull()) {
3553 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
3554 return T.getObjCLifetime();
3555 if (T->isArrayType())
3556 T = getBaseElementType(T);
3557 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
3558 T = PT->getPointeeType();
3559 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis28445f02011-07-01 23:01:46 +00003560 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003561 else
3562 break;
3563 }
3564
3565 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
3566}
3567
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003568/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003569/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003570/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003571int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003572 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3573 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003574 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003576 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3577 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003578
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003579 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3580 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003581
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003582 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3583 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3584 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3585 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003586
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003587 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3588 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3589 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3590 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3591 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003592
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003593 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3594 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003595 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003596 return -1;
3597 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003598
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003599 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3600 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3601 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003602
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003603 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3604 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003605 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003606 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003607}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003608
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003609static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003610CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
3611 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3612 SourceLocation Loc;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003613 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003614 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003615 else
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003616 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003617}
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003618
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003619// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003620QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003621 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003622 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003623 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003624 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003625 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003626
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003627 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003628
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003629 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003630 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003631 // int flags;
3632 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003633 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003634 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003635 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003636 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3637
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003638 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003639 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003640 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003641 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003642 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003643 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003644 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003645 /*Mutable=*/false,
3646 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003647 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003648 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003649 }
3650
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003651 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003652 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003653
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003654 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003655}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003656
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003657void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003658 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003659 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3660 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3661}
3662
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003663QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003664 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3665 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3666
3667 RecordDecl *T;
3668 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003669 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003670 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003671 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003672
3673 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3674 UnsignedLongTy,
3675 UnsignedLongTy,
3676 };
3677
3678 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3679 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003680 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003681 };
3682
3683 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003684 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003685 SourceLocation(),
3686 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003687 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003688 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003689 /*Mutable=*/false,
3690 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003691 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003692 T->addDecl(Field);
3693 }
3694
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003695 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003696
3697 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3698
3699 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3700}
3701
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003702QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003703 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3704 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3705
3706 RecordDecl *T;
3707 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003708 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003709 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003710 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003711
3712 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3713 UnsignedLongTy,
3714 UnsignedLongTy,
3715 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3716 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3717 };
3718
3719 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3720 "reserved",
3721 "Size",
3722 "CopyFuncPtr",
3723 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3724 };
3725
3726 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003727 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003728 SourceLocation(),
3729 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003730 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003731 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003732 /*Mutable=*/false,
3733 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003734 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003735 T->addDecl(Field);
3736 }
3737
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003738 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003739
3740 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3741
3742 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3743}
3744
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003745bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003746 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003747 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003748 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3749 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3750 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +00003751 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor();
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003752
3753 }
3754 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003755 return false;
3756}
3757
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003758QualType
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003759ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003760 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003761 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003762 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003763 // unsigned int __flags;
3764 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003765 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3766 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003767 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003768 // } *
3769
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003770 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3771
3772 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003773 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3774 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3775 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003776 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003777 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003778 T->startDefinition();
3779 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3780 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3781 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3782 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3783 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3784 Int32Ty,
3785 Int32Ty,
3786 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3787 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3788 Ty
3789 };
3790
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003791 StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003792 "__isa",
3793 "__forwarding",
3794 "__flags",
3795 "__size",
3796 "__copy_helper",
3797 "__destroy_helper",
3798 DeclName,
3799 };
3800
3801 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3802 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3803 continue;
3804 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003805 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003806 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003807 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003808 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3809 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003810 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003811 T->addDecl(Field);
3812 }
3813
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003814 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003815
3816 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003817}
3818
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003819// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3820// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003821static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003822 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003823 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3824 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003825
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003826 return false;
3827}
3828
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003829/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003830/// purpose.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003831CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003832 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
3833 return CharUnits::Zero();
3834
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003835 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003836
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003837 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003838 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003839 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003840 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3841 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003842 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003843 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003844}
3845
3846static inline
3847std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3848 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003849}
3850
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003851/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003852/// declaration.
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003853std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
3854 std::string S;
3855
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003856 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3857 QualType BlockTy =
3858 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3859 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003860 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003861 // Compute size of all parameters.
3862 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3863 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3864 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003865 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3866 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003867 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003868 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3869 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003870 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003871 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003872 ParmOffset += sz;
3873 }
3874 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003875 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003876 // Block pointer and offset.
3877 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003878
3879 // Argument types.
3880 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3881 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3882 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3883 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3884 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3885 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3886 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3887 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3888 // elements.
3889 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3890 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3891 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3892 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3893 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003894 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003895 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003896 }
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003897
3898 return S;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003899}
3900
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003901bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003902 std::string& S) {
3903 // Encode result type.
3904 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
3905 CharUnits ParmOffset;
3906 // Compute size of all parameters.
3907 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3908 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3909 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3910 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003911 if (sz.isZero())
3912 return true;
3913
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003914 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003915 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003916 ParmOffset += sz;
3917 }
3918 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3919 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
3920
3921 // Argument types.
3922 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3923 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3924 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3925 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3926 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3927 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3928 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3929 // elements.
3930 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3931 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3932 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3933 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3934 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3935 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3936 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3937 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003938
3939 return false;
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003940}
3941
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003942/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003943/// declaration.
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003944bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003945 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003946 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003947 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003948 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003949 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003950 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003951 // Compute size of all parameters.
3952 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3953 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3954 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003955 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003956 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3957 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003958 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003959 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003960 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003961 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003962 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003963 if (sz.isZero())
3964 return true;
3965
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003966 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3967 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003968 ParmOffset += sz;
3969 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003970 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003971 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003972 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003973
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003974 // Argument types.
3975 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003976 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003977 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003978 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003979 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003980 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003981 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3982 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3983 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003984 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003985 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3986 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3987 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003988 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003989 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003990 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003991 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003992 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003993 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003994 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003995
3996 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003997}
3998
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003999/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004000/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004001/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4002/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004003/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4004/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4005/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4006/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4007/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004008/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4009/// @code
4010/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4011/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4012/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4013/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4014/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4015/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4016/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4017/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
4018/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
4019/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4020/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4021/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4022/// };
4023/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004024void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004025 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004026 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004027 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4028 bool Dynamic = false;
4029 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4030
4031 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4032 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004033 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004034 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4035 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004036 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004037 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004038 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4039 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4040 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4041 Dynamic = true;
4042 } else {
4043 SynthesizePID = PID;
4044 }
4045 }
4046 }
4047 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004048 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004049 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004050 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004051 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004052 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4053 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4054 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4055 Dynamic = true;
4056 } else {
4057 SynthesizePID = PID;
4058 }
4059 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004060 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004061 }
4062 }
4063
4064 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4065 S = "T";
4066
4067 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004068 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4069 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004070 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004071 true /* outermost type */,
4072 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004073
4074 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4075 S += ",R";
4076 } else {
4077 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4078 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4079 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004080 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian3a02b442011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004081 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004082 }
4083 }
4084
4085 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4086 // are "dynamic by default".
4087 if (Dynamic)
4088 S += ",D";
4089
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004090 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4091 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004092
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004093 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4094 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004095 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004096 }
4097
4098 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4099 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004100 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004101 }
4102
4103 if (SynthesizePID) {
4104 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4105 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004106 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004107 }
4108
4109 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4110}
4111
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004112/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004113/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4114/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004115/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4116///
4117void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004118 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004119 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004120 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004121 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004122 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004123 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004124 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4125 }
4126 }
4127}
4128
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004129void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004130 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004131 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4132 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4133 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4134 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004135 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004136 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004137}
4138
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004139static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4140 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
4141 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
4142 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4143 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4144 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4145 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4146 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4147 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4148 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004149 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004150 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4151 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4152 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4153 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4154 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004155 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4156 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004157 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4158 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004159 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004160 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4161 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4162 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4163 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004164 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004165 }
4166}
4167
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004168static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004169 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004170 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
4171 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004172 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004173 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4174 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4175 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4176 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4177 //
4178 // struct
4179 // {
4180 // int integer;
4181 // int flags:2;
4182 // };
4183 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4184 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4185 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4186 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4187 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
4188 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
4189 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4190 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedman82905742011-07-07 01:54:01 +00004191 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
David Chisnallc7ff82c2010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004192 if (T->isEnumeralType())
4193 S += 'i';
4194 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004195 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004196 }
4197 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004198 S += llvm::utostr(N);
4199}
4200
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004201// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004202void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4203 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4204 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004205 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004206 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004207 bool EncodingProperty,
4208 bool StructField) const {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004209 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004210 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004211 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4212 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004213 return;
4214 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004215
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004216 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004217 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004218 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004219 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004220 return;
4221 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004222
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004223 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4224 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004225 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004226 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4227 S += ':';
4228 return;
4229 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004230 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4231 }
4232 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4233 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4234 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004235 bool isReadOnly = false;
4236 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4237 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4238 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004239 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004240 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004241 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4242 isReadOnly = true;
4243 S += 'r';
4244 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004245 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004246 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004247 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4248 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004249 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4250 isReadOnly = true;
4251 S += 'r';
4252 }
4253 }
4254 if (isReadOnly) {
4255 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4256 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4257 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004258 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004259 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004260 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004261
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004262 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4263 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4264 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004265 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004266 S += '*';
4267 return;
4268 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004269 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004270 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4271 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4272 S += '#';
4273 return;
4274 }
4275 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4276 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4277 S += '@';
4278 return;
4279 }
4280 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004281 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004282 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004283 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4284
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004285 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004286 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004287 return;
4288 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004289
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004290 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4291 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4292 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004293 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004294 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4295 S += '^';
4296
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004297 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004298 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4299 } else {
4300 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004301
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004302 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
4303 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
4304 S += '0';
4305 else
4306 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4307 } else {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004308 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004309 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
4310 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004311 S += '0';
4312 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004313
4314 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004315 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4316 S += ']';
4317 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004318 return;
4319 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004320
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004321 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004322 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004323 return;
4324 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004326 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004327 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004328 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004329 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4330 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4331 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004332 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4333 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4334 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4335 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4336 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004337 TemplateArgs.data(),
4338 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004339 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
4340
4341 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4342 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004343 } else {
4344 S += '?';
4345 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004346 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004347 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004348 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
4349 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
4350 } else {
4351 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4352 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4353 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
4354 if (FD) {
4355 S += '"';
4356 S += Field->getNameAsString();
4357 S += '"';
4358 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004359
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004360 // Special case bit-fields.
4361 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4362 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
4363 (*Field));
4364 } else {
4365 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4366 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4367 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
4368 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
4369 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4370 /*StructField*/true);
4371 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004372 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004373 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004374 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004375 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004376 return;
4377 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004378
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004379 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004380 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004381 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004382 else
4383 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004384 return;
4385 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004386
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004387 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004388 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004389 return;
4390 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004391
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004392 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4393 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4394 T = OT->getBaseType();
4395
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004396 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004397 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004398 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004399 S += '{';
4400 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4401 S += II->getName();
4402 S += '=';
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00004403 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004404 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4405 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00004406 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004407 if (Field->isBitField())
4408 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004409 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004410 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004411 }
4412 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004413 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004414 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004415
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004416 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004417 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4418 S += '@';
4419 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004420 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004421
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004422 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4423 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4424 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4425 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004426 S += '#';
4427 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004428 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004429
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004430 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004431 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004432 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4433 ExpandStructures, FD);
4434 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4435 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4436 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004437 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004438 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4439 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004440 S += '<';
4441 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4442 S += '>';
4443 }
4444 S += '"';
4445 }
4446 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004447 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004448
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004449 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4450 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4451 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4452 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004453 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004454 // {...};
4455 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004456 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4457 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004458 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004459 return;
4460 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004461
4462 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004463 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004464 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004465 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004466 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4467 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004468 S += '<';
4469 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4470 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004471 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004472 S += '"';
4473 }
4474 return;
4475 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004476
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004477 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4478 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4479 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4480 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004481
4482 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4483 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4484 // insufficient.
4485 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4486 return;
4487 }
4488
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004489 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004490}
4491
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004492void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
4493 std::string &S,
4494 const FieldDecl *FD,
4495 bool includeVBases) const {
4496 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
4497 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
4498 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
4499 return;
4500
4501 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
4502 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
4503 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
4504
4505 if (CXXRec) {
4506 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4507 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
4508 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4509 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
4510 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004511 if (base->isEmpty())
4512 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004513 uint64_t offs = layout.getBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4514 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4515 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4516 }
4517 }
4518 }
4519
4520 unsigned i = 0;
4521 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4522 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4523 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
4524 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
4525 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4526 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
4527 }
4528
4529 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
4530 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4531 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
4532 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4533 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004534 if (base->isEmpty())
4535 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004536 uint64_t offs = layout.getVBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4537 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4538 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4539 }
4540 }
4541
4542 CharUnits size;
4543 if (CXXRec) {
4544 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
4545 } else {
4546 size = layout.getSize();
4547 }
4548
4549 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
4550 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4551 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
4552
4553 if (CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && CurLayObj->first != 0) {
4554 assert(CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
4555 "Offset 0 was empty but no VTable ?");
4556 if (FD) {
4557 S += "\"_vptr$";
4558 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
4559 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
4560 S += recname;
4561 S += '"';
4562 }
4563 S += "^^?";
4564 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
4565 }
4566
4567 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
4568 // Mark the end of the structure.
4569 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
4570 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4571 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
4572 }
4573
4574 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
4575 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
4576
4577 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
4578 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
4579 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
4580 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
4581 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
4582 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
4583 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
4584 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
4585 // longer then though.
4586 CurOffs += padding;
4587 }
4588
4589 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
4590 if (dcl == 0)
4591 break; // reached end of structure.
4592
4593 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
4594 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
4595 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
4596 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
4597 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
4598 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004599 assert(!base->isEmpty());
4600 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004601 } else {
4602 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
4603 if (FD) {
4604 S += '"';
4605 S += field->getNameAsString();
4606 S += '"';
4607 }
4608
4609 if (field->isBitField()) {
4610 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
4611 CurOffs += field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue();
4612 } else {
4613 QualType qt = field->getType();
4614 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4615 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
4616 /*OutermostType*/false,
4617 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4618 /*StructField*/true);
4619 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
4620 }
4621 }
4622 }
4623}
4624
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004625void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004626 std::string& S) const {
4627 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4628 S += 'n';
4629 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4630 S += 'N';
4631 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4632 S += 'o';
4633 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4634 S += 'O';
4635 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4636 S += 'R';
4637 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4638 S += 'V';
4639}
4640
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004641void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004642 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004643
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004644 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4645}
4646
Douglas Gregor4dfd02a2011-08-12 05:46:01 +00004647TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
4648 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
4649 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
4650 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4651 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4652 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4653 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4654 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4655 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
4656 }
4657
4658 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004659}
4660
Douglas Gregor7a27ea52011-08-12 06:17:30 +00004661TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
4662 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
4663 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
4664 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
4665 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4666 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4667 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4668 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
4669 }
4670 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004671}
4672
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004673void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004674 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004675}
4676
Douglas Gregor79d67262011-08-12 05:59:41 +00004677TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
4678 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
4679 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
4680 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4681 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4682 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4683 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4684 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4685 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
4686 }
4687
4688 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004689}
4690
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004691void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004692 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004693 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004694
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004695 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004696}
4697
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004698/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4699/// lookup.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004700TemplateName
4701ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4702 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004703 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4704 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4705
4706 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4707 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4708 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4709
4710 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004711 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004712 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4713 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4714 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4715 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4716 *Storage++ = D;
4717 }
4718
4719 return TemplateName(OT);
4720}
4721
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004722/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4723/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004724TemplateName
4725ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4726 bool TemplateKeyword,
4727 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00004728 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
4729
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004730 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004731 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4732 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4733
4734 void *InsertPos = 0;
4735 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4736 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4737 if (!QTN) {
4738 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4739 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4740 }
4741
4742 return TemplateName(QTN);
4743}
4744
4745/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4746/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004747TemplateName
4748ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4749 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004750 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004751 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004752
4753 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4754 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4755
4756 void *InsertPos = 0;
4757 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4758 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4759
4760 if (QTN)
4761 return TemplateName(QTN);
4762
4763 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4764 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4765 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4766 } else {
4767 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4768 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004769 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4770 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4771 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4772 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004773 }
4774
4775 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4776 return TemplateName(QTN);
4777}
4778
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004779/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4780/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4781TemplateName
4782ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004783 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004784 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4785 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4786
4787 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4788 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4789
4790 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004791 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4792 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004793
4794 if (QTN)
4795 return TemplateName(QTN);
4796
4797 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4798 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4799 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4800 } else {
4801 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4802 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004803
4804 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4805 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4806 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4807 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004808 }
4809
4810 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4811 return TemplateName(QTN);
4812}
4813
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004814TemplateName
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004815ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
4816 TemplateName replacement) const {
4817 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4818 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
4819
4820 void *insertPos = 0;
4821 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
4822 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
4823
4824 if (!subst) {
4825 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
4826 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
4827 }
4828
4829 return TemplateName(subst);
4830}
4831
4832TemplateName
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004833ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4834 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
4835 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
4836 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4837 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
4838
4839 void *InsertPos = 0;
4840 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
4841 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4842
4843 if (!Subst) {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004844 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004845 ArgPack.pack_size(),
4846 ArgPack.pack_begin());
4847 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
4848 }
4849
4850 return TemplateName(Subst);
4851}
4852
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004853/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004854/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4855/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004856CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004857 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004858 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004859 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4860 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4861 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4862 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4863 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4864 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4865 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4866 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4867 }
4868
4869 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004870 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004871}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004872
4873//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4874// Type Predicates.
4875//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4876
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004877/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4878/// garbage collection attribute.
4879///
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00004880Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
4881 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC)
4882 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
4883
4884 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
4885 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
4886
4887 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
4888 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
4889 // as __strong.
4890 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
4891 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4892 return Qualifiers::Strong;
4893 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
4894 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
4895 } else {
4896 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
4897 // pointer.
4898#ifndef NDEBUG
4899 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4900 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
4901 CT = AT->getElementType();
4902 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
4903#endif
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004904 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004905 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004906}
4907
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004908//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4909// Type Compatibility Testing
4910//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004911
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004912/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004913/// compatible.
4914static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4915 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004916 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004917 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004918 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004919}
4920
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004921bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4922 QualType SecondVec) {
4923 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4924 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4925
4926 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4927 return true;
4928
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004929 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4930 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004931 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4932 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004933 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004934 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004935 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4936 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4937 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4938 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004939 return true;
4940
4941 return false;
4942}
4943
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004944//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4945// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4946//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4947
4948/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4949/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004950bool
4951ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4952 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004953 if (lProto == rProto)
4954 return true;
4955 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4956 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4957 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4958 return true;
4959 return false;
4960}
4961
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004962/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4963/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4964/// otherwise.
4965bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4966 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4967 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4968 return false;
4969}
4970
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004971/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4972/// Class<p1, ...>.
4973bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4974 QualType rhs) {
4975 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4976 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4977 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4978
4979 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4980 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4981 bool match = false;
4982 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4983 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4984 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4985 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4986 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4987 match = true;
4988 break;
4989 }
4990 }
4991 if (!match)
4992 return false;
4993 }
4994 return true;
4995}
4996
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004997/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4998/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4999bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5000 bool compare) {
5001 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005002 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005003 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
5004 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005005 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005006 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
5007 return true;
5008
5009 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005010 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005011
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005012 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005013
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005014 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005015 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005016 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5017 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5018 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5019 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5020 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5021 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5022 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005023 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005024 return false;
5025 }
5026 }
5027 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
5028 return true;
5029 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005030 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005031 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5032 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5033 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5034 bool match = false;
5035
5036 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5037 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5038 // through its super class and categories.
5039 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5040 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5041 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5042 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5043 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5044 match = true;
5045 break;
5046 }
5047 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005048 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005049 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5050 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5051 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5052 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5053 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5054 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5055 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005056 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005057 match = true;
5058 break;
5059 }
5060 }
5061 }
5062 if (!match)
5063 return false;
5064 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005065
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005066 return true;
5067 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005068
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005069 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
5070 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
5071
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005072 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005073 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005074 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005075 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5076 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5077 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5078 bool match = false;
5079
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005080 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005081 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5082 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005083 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
5084 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005085 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5086 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5087 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5088 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5089 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5090 match = true;
5091 break;
5092 }
5093 }
5094 if (!match)
5095 return false;
5096 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005097
5098 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
5099 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
5100 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5101 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
5102 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
5103 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
5104 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
5105 // assume that it is mismatch.
5106 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
5107 return false;
5108 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5109 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5110 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5111 bool match = false;
5112 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
5113 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5114 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5115 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5116 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5117 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5118 match = true;
5119 break;
5120 }
5121 }
5122 if (!match)
5123 return false;
5124 }
5125 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005126 return true;
5127 }
5128 return false;
5129}
5130
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005131/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005132/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
5133/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
5134///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005135bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5136 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005137 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5138 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5139
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00005140 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005141 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
5142 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005143 return true;
5144
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005145 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005146 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5147 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005148 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005149
5150 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
5151 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5152 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
5153
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005154 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
5155 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005156 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005157
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005158 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005159}
5160
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005161/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00005162/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005163/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
5164/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
5165/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
5166bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5167 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005168 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5169 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005170 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005171 return true;
5172
5173 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5174 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
5175 }
5176
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005177 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005178 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5179 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
5180 false);
5181
5182 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5183 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5184 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
5185 if (LHS != RHS) {
5186 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005187 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005188 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005189 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005190 }
5191 else
5192 return true;
5193 }
5194 return false;
5195}
5196
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005197/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
5198/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
5199/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
5200/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
5201static
5202void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
5203 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5204 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005205 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005206
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005207 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5208 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5209 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
5210 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005211
5212 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
5213 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
5214 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
5215 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
5216 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005217 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005218 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
5219 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005220 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5221 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
5222 }
5223
5224 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
5225 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00005226 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
5227 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005228 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
5229 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
5230 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
5231 }
5232 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005233 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005234 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
5235 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005236 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5237 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5238 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
5239 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
5240 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005241 }
5242}
5243
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005244/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
5245/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
5246/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
5247/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
5248QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005249 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
5250 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
5251 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
5252 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
5253 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
5254 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005255 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (LDecl == RDecl))
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005256 return QualType();
5257
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005258 do {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005259 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005260 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005261 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005262 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
5263
5264 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
5265 if (!Protocols.empty())
5266 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
5267 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
5268 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005269 }
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005270 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005271
5272 return QualType();
5273}
5274
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005275bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
5276 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
5277 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
5278 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
5279
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005280 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
5281 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005282 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005283 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005284
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005285 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
5286 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00005287 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005288 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005289
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005290 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
5291 // more detailed analysis is required.
5292 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
5293 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
5294 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
5295 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005296 bool IsSuperClass =
5297 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
5298 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005299 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
5300 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
5301 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
5302 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
5303 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005304 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005305 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
5306 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
5307 return false;
5308
5309 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5310 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
5311 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5312 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
5313 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
5314
5315 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5316 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5317 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5318 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
5319 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
5320 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
5321 break;
5322 }
5323 }
5324 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
5325 return false;
5326 }
5327 return true;
5328 }
5329 return false;
5330 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005331
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005332 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5333 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005334 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5335 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
5336
5337 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
5338 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005339 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
5340 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005341 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
5342 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005343 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005344 break;
5345 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005346 }
5347 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
5348 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
5349 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005350 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005351 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
5352 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005353}
5354
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005355bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5356 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005357 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5358 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005359
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005360 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005361 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005362
5363 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
5364 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005365}
5366
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00005367bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
5368 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
5369 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5370 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
5371}
5372
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005373/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005374/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005375/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005376/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005377bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
5378 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005379 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5380 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
5381
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005382 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005383}
5384
Fariborz Jahanianc286f382011-07-12 22:05:16 +00005385bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian82378392011-07-12 23:20:13 +00005386 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc286f382011-07-12 22:05:16 +00005387}
5388
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005389bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5390 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
5391}
5392
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005393/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5394/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5395/// QualType()
5396QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5397 bool OfBlockPointer,
5398 bool Unqualified) {
5399 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5400 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5401 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5402 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5403 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005404 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005405 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5406 if (!MT.isNull())
5407 return MT;
5408 }
5409 }
5410 }
5411
5412 return QualType();
5413}
5414
5415/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5416/// argument types
5417QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5418 bool OfBlockPointer,
5419 bool Unqualified) {
5420 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5421 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5422 // type is compatible with a union member
5423 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5424 Unqualified);
5425 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5426 return lmerge;
5427
5428 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5429 Unqualified);
5430 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5431 return rmerge;
5432
5433 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5434}
5435
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005436QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005437 bool OfBlockPointer,
5438 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005439 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5440 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005441 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5442 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005443 bool allLTypes = true;
5444 bool allRTypes = true;
5445
5446 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005447 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005448 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5449 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5450 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5451 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5452 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5453 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005454 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005455 }
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005456 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005457 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5458 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005459 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005460
5461 if (Unqualified)
5462 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5463
5464 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5465 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5466 if (Unqualified) {
5467 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5468 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5469 }
5470
5471 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005472 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005473 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005474 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005475
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005476 // FIXME: double check this
5477 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5478 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5479 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005480 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5481 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005482
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005483 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005484 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005485 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005486
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005487 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmana49218e2011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005488 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
5489 return QualType();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005490 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5491 return QualType();
5492
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005493 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
5494 return QualType();
5495
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005496 // It's noreturn if either type is.
5497 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5498 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
5499 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5500 allLTypes = false;
5501 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5502 allRTypes = false;
5503
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005504 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005505
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005506 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005507 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5508 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005509 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5510 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5511
5512 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5513 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5514 return QualType();
5515
5516 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5517 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5518 return QualType();
5519
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005520 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5521 return QualType();
5522
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005523 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005524 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005525 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5526 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5527 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005528 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5529 OfBlockPointer,
5530 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005531 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005532
5533 if (Unqualified)
5534 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5535
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005536 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005537 if (Unqualified) {
5538 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5539 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5540 }
5541
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005542 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5543 allLTypes = false;
5544 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5545 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005546 }
5547 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5548 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005549
5550 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5551 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5552 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005553 }
5554
5555 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5556 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5557
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005558 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005559 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005560 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005561 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5562 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5563 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5564 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5565 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5566 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5567 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5568 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5569 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005570
5571 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5572 // to pass enum values.
5573 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5574 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5575
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005576 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5577 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5578 return QualType();
5579 }
5580
5581 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5582 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005583
5584 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5585 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005586 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005587 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005588 }
5589
5590 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5591 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005592 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005593}
5594
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005595QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005596 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005597 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005598 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5599 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5600 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005601 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5602 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005603 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5604 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005605
5606 if (Unqualified) {
5607 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5608 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5609 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005610
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005611 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5612 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5613
5614 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5615 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5616 return LHS;
5617
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005618 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005619 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5620 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005621 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5622 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5623 // mismatch.
5624 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005625 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
5626 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005627 return QualType();
5628
5629 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5630 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5631 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5632 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5633 // qualified __strong.
5634 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5635 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5636 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5637
5638 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5639 return QualType();
5640
5641 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5642 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5643 }
5644 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5645 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5646 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005647 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005648 }
5649
5650 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005651
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005652 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5653 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005654
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005655 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5656 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5657 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5658 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005659
5660 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005661 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5662 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5663 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5664 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005665
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005666 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5667 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5668 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5669
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005670 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5671 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5672 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005673
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005674 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005675 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005676 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005677 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005678 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5679 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005680 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005681 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5682 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005683 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005684 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005685 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5686 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005687 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005688
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005689 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005690 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005691
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005692 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005693 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005694#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5695#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005696#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005697#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5698#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5699#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5700 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5701 return QualType();
5702
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005703 case Type::LValueReference:
5704 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005705 case Type::MemberPointer:
5706 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5707 return QualType();
5708
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005709 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005710 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5711 case Type::VariableArray:
5712 case Type::FunctionProto:
5713 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005714 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5715 return QualType();
5716
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005717 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005718 {
5719 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005720 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5721 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005722 if (Unqualified) {
5723 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5724 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5725 }
5726 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5727 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005728 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005729 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005730 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005731 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005732 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005733 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5734 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005735 case Type::BlockPointer:
5736 {
5737 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005738 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5739 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005740 if (Unqualified) {
5741 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5742 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5743 }
5744 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5745 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005746 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5747 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5748 return LHS;
5749 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5750 return RHS;
5751 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5752 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005753 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005754 {
5755 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5756 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5757 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5758 return QualType();
5759
5760 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5761 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005762 if (Unqualified) {
5763 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5764 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5765 }
5766
5767 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005768 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005769 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5770 return LHS;
5771 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5772 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005773 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5774 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5775 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5776 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005777 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5778 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005779 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5780 return LHS;
5781 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5782 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005783 if (LVAT) {
5784 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5785 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5786 // has to be different.
5787 return LHS;
5788 }
5789 if (RVAT) {
5790 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5791 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5792 // has to be different.
5793 return RHS;
5794 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005795 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5796 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005797 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5798 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005799 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005800 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005801 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005802 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005803 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005804 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005805 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005806 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005807 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005808 case Type::Complex:
5809 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5810 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005811 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005812 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005813 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5814 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005815 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005816 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005817 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5818 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005819 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5820 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005821 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5822 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5823 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005824 return LHS;
5825
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005826 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005827 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005828 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005829 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5830 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5831 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005832 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5833 BlockReturnType))
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005834 return LHS;
5835 return QualType();
5836 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005837 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5838 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005839 return LHS;
5840
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005841 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005842 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005843 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005844
5845 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005846}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005847
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005848/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5849/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5850/// return types.
5851QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5852 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5853 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5854 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5855 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5856 return LHS;
5857 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5858 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5859 return QualType();
5860 QualType OldReturnType =
5861 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5862 QualType NewReturnType =
5863 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5864 QualType ResReturnType =
5865 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5866 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5867 return QualType();
5868 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5869 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5870 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5871 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5872 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005873 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5874 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005875 QualType ResultType
5876 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005877 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005878 return ResultType;
5879 }
5880 }
5881 return QualType();
5882 }
5883
5884 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5885 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5886 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5887 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5888 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5889 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5890 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5891 return QualType();
5892
5893 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5894 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5895 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5896 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5897 // qualified __strong.
5898 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5899 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5900 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5901
5902 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5903 return QualType();
5904
5905 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5906 return LHS;
5907 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5908 return RHS;
5909 return QualType();
5910 }
5911
5912 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5913 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5914 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5915 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5916 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5917 return LHS;
5918 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5919 return RHS;
5920 }
5921 return QualType();
5922}
5923
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005924//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005925// Integer Predicates
5926//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005927
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005928unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00005929 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005930 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005931 if (T->isBooleanType())
5932 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005933 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005934 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5935}
5936
5937QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005938 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005939
5940 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5941 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5942 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005943 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005944
5945 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5946 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005947 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005948
5949 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5950 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005951 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5952 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5953 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5954 return UnsignedCharTy;
5955 case BuiltinType::Short:
5956 return UnsignedShortTy;
5957 case BuiltinType::Int:
5958 return UnsignedIntTy;
5959 case BuiltinType::Long:
5960 return UnsignedLongTy;
5961 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5962 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005963 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5964 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005965 default:
5966 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5967 return QualType();
5968 }
5969}
5970
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005971ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5972
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005973
5974//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5975// Builtin Type Computation
5976//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5977
5978/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005979/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5980/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5981/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5982/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005983///
5984/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5985/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005986static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005987 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005988 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005989 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005990 // Modifiers.
5991 int HowLong = 0;
5992 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005993 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005994
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005995 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005996 bool Done = false;
5997 while (!Done) {
5998 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005999 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006000 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006001 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006002 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006003 case 'S':
6004 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6005 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6006 Signed = true;
6007 break;
6008 case 'U':
6009 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6010 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6011 Unsigned = true;
6012 break;
6013 case 'L':
6014 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
6015 ++HowLong;
6016 break;
6017 }
6018 }
6019
6020 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006021
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006022 // Read the base type.
6023 switch (*Str++) {
6024 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
6025 case 'v':
6026 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6027 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
6028 Type = Context.VoidTy;
6029 break;
6030 case 'f':
6031 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6032 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
6033 Type = Context.FloatTy;
6034 break;
6035 case 'd':
6036 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6037 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
6038 if (HowLong)
6039 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
6040 else
6041 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
6042 break;
6043 case 's':
6044 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
6045 if (Unsigned)
6046 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
6047 else
6048 Type = Context.ShortTy;
6049 break;
6050 case 'i':
6051 if (HowLong == 3)
6052 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
6053 else if (HowLong == 2)
6054 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
6055 else if (HowLong == 1)
6056 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
6057 else
6058 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
6059 break;
6060 case 'c':
6061 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
6062 if (Signed)
6063 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
6064 else if (Unsigned)
6065 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6066 else
6067 Type = Context.CharTy;
6068 break;
6069 case 'b': // boolean
6070 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
6071 Type = Context.BoolTy;
6072 break;
6073 case 'z': // size_t.
6074 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
6075 Type = Context.getSizeType();
6076 break;
6077 case 'F':
6078 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
6079 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00006080 case 'G':
6081 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
6082 break;
6083 case 'H':
6084 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
6085 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006086 case 'a':
6087 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6088 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
6089 break;
6090 case 'A':
6091 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
6092 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
6093 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
6094 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
6095 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
6096 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
6097 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
6098 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
6099 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6100 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006101 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006102 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006103 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006104 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006105 break;
6106 case 'V': {
6107 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006108 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6109 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006110 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006111
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006112 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
6113 RequiresICE, false);
6114 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006115
6116 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00006117 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00006118 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006119 break;
6120 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006121 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006122 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
6123 false);
6124 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006125 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
6126 break;
6127 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006128 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00006129 Type = Context.getFILEType();
6130 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006131 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006132 return QualType();
6133 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006134 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006135 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006136 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006137 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006138 else
6139 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
6140
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006141 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006142 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006143 return QualType();
6144 }
6145 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006146 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006147
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006148 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
6149 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006150 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00006151 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006152 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
6153 case '*':
6154 case '&': {
6155 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
6156 // qualified with an address space.
6157 char *End;
6158 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6159 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
6160 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
6161 Str = End;
6162 }
6163 if (c == '*')
6164 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
6165 else
6166 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
6167 break;
6168 }
6169 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
6170 case 'C':
6171 Type = Type.withConst();
6172 break;
6173 case 'D':
6174 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
6175 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006176 }
6177 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006178
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006179 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006180 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006181
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006182 return Type;
6183}
6184
6185/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006186QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006187 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006188 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006189 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006190
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006191 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006192
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006193 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006194 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006195 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
6196 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006197 if (Error != GE_None)
6198 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006199
6200 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
6201
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006202 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006203 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006204 if (Error != GE_None)
6205 return QualType();
6206
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006207 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
6208 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
6209 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
6210 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
6211
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006212 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
6213 if (Ty->isArrayType())
6214 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006215
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006216 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
6217 }
6218
6219 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
6220 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
6221
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006222 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
6223 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
6224
6225 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
6226
6227 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
6228 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
6229 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006230
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006231 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006232 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
6233 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006234
6235 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006236}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00006237
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006238GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6239 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6240
6241 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006242 switch (L) {
6243 case NoLinkage:
6244 case InternalLinkage:
6245 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6246 return GVA_Internal;
6247
6248 case ExternalLinkage:
6249 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
6250 case TSK_Undeclared:
6251 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6252 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6253 break;
6254
6255 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6256 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6257
6258 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6259 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6260 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6261 break;
6262 }
6263 }
6264
6265 if (!FD->isInlined())
6266 return External;
6267
6268 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
6269 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
6270 // externally visible.
6271 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
6272 return External;
6273
6274 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
6275 return GVA_C99Inline;
6276 }
6277
6278 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
6279 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
6280 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
6281 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
6282 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
6283 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
6284 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6285 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
6286 return GVA_C99Inline;
6287
6288 return GVA_CXXInline;
6289}
6290
6291GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
6292 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
6293 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
6294 // template.
6295 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
6296 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
6297 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
6298
6299 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
6300 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6301 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
6302 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
6303
6304 switch (L) {
6305 case NoLinkage:
6306 case InternalLinkage:
6307 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6308 return GVA_Internal;
6309
6310 case ExternalLinkage:
6311 switch (TSK) {
6312 case TSK_Undeclared:
6313 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6314 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6315
6316 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6317 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
6318 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
6319
6320 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6321 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6322
6323 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6324 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6325 }
6326 }
6327
6328 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6329}
6330
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00006331bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006332 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6333 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
6334 return false;
6335 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
6336 return false;
6337
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006338 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
6339 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
6340 return false;
6341
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006342 // Aliases and used decls are required.
6343 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
6344 return true;
6345
6346 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6347 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Sean Hunt10620eb2011-05-06 20:44:56 +00006348 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewyckydce67a72011-07-18 05:26:13 +00006349 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006350
6351 // Constructors and destructors are required.
6352 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
6353 return true;
6354
6355 // The key function for a class is required.
6356 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6357 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
6358 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
6359 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
6360 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
6361 return true;
6362 }
6363 }
6364
6365 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
6366
6367 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
6368 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
6369 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
6370 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
6371 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
6372 return false;
6373 return true;
6374 }
6375
6376 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
6377 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
6378
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006379 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
6380 return false;
6381
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006382 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
6383
6384 // FIXME: Handle references.
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006385 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006386 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6387 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006388 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
6389 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
6390 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
6391 RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006392 return true;
6393 }
6394 }
6395
6396 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
6397 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
6398 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
6399 return false;
6400 }
6401
6402 return true;
6403}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006404
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006405CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6406 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6407 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6408}
6409
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006410bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006411 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6412 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6413}
6414
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006415MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
6416 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) {
6417 case CXXABI_ARM:
6418 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6419 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6420 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6421 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6422 }
6423 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI");
6424 return 0;
6425}
6426
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006427CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006428
6429size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek0c8cd1a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00006430 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
6431 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
6432 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
6433 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
6434 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
6435 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
6436 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
6437 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
6438 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
6439 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
6440 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
6441 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
6442 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes);
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006443}